1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
73 #include "xsettings.h"
75 #include "sysselect.h"
78 #include <X11/Shell.h>
86 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
91 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
95 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
97 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
98 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
100 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
103 #if defined USE_MOTIF
104 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
105 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
106 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
112 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
115 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
117 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
118 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
119 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
120 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
122 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
126 #ifndef XtNinitialState
127 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
131 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
137 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
142 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
145 static int any_help_event_p
;
147 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
148 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
150 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
153 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
155 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
156 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
157 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
158 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
160 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
162 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
164 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
166 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
171 } pending_event_wait
;
174 /* The application context for Xt use. */
175 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
176 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
178 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
180 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
181 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
183 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
184 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
185 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
187 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
191 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
192 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
193 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
194 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
196 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
198 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
199 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
200 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
201 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
202 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
203 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
204 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
205 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
206 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
209 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
211 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
212 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
213 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
215 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
217 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
218 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
221 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
222 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
225 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
227 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
228 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
229 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
230 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
231 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
232 it's somewhat accurate. */
234 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
236 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
238 static Time last_user_time
;
240 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
243 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
245 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
247 static int x_noop_count
;
249 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
252 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
255 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
256 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
258 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
259 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
262 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
263 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
267 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
272 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
273 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
274 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
275 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
277 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
278 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
281 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
282 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
283 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
284 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
285 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
288 /* Used in x_flush. */
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
297 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
298 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
299 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
300 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
301 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
302 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
303 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
304 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
305 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
306 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
307 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
308 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
309 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
310 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
312 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
313 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
314 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
315 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
316 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
317 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
319 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
320 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
321 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
323 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
324 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
325 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
326 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
327 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
329 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
330 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
332 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
333 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
334 int *, struct input_event
*);
336 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
338 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
339 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
340 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
341 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
342 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
343 static void x_initialize (void);
346 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
349 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
351 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
352 connection may be broken. */
353 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
359 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
360 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
361 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
362 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
364 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
365 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
555 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
559 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
561 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
562 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
565 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
569 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
571 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
574 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
576 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
577 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
587 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
592 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
597 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
598 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
601 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
603 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
604 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
606 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
607 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
608 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
610 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
611 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
615 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
617 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
619 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
624 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
626 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
628 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
634 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
635 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
636 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
640 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
643 updated_window
= NULL
;
647 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
651 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
653 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
654 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
658 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
664 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
665 complete update has been performed. The global variable
666 updated_window is not available here. */
669 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
672 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
676 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
677 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
678 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
679 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
680 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
681 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
684 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
686 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
692 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
693 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
695 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
696 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
697 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
698 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
699 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
700 overhead is very small. */
701 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
702 && desired_row
->full_width_p
703 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
704 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
706 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
709 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
712 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
713 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
714 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
715 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
716 y
, width
, height
, False
);
722 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
724 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
725 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
726 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
727 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
728 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
730 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
731 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
735 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
737 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
738 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
739 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
740 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
742 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
744 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
746 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
747 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
748 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
749 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
750 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
751 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
752 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
753 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
755 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
759 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
760 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
761 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
765 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
766 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
767 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
768 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
772 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
774 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
775 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
777 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
782 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
784 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
785 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
787 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
788 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
793 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
794 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
797 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
803 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
804 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
808 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
810 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
812 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
814 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
816 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
817 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
819 face
->background
, depth
);
823 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
824 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
827 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
828 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
829 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
830 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
833 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
834 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
835 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
839 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
840 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
841 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
845 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
850 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
851 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
852 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
856 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
860 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
861 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
864 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
869 /***********************************************************************
871 ***********************************************************************/
875 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
884 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
889 unsigned long *, double, int);
890 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
891 double, int, unsigned long);
892 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
897 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
899 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
900 int, int, int, int, int, int,
902 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
903 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
904 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
907 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
911 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
915 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
917 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
918 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
919 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
921 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
924 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
928 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
931 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
932 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
933 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
934 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
935 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
936 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
937 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
939 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
940 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
941 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
943 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
944 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
947 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
949 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
951 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
952 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
955 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
956 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
958 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
963 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
966 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
971 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
972 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
973 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
975 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
977 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
978 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
980 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
981 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
982 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
984 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
988 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
993 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
994 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
995 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
996 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
999 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1002 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1003 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1005 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1008 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1012 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1013 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1014 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1017 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1023 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1024 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1028 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1030 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1032 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1034 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1035 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1037 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1039 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1040 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1042 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1044 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1047 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1049 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1050 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1052 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1053 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1055 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1060 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1061 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1064 /* GC must have been set. */
1065 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1069 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1070 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1073 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1075 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1076 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1079 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1084 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1085 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1089 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1094 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1096 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1099 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1104 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1107 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1110 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1111 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1113 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1115 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1117 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1118 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1121 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1122 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1123 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1127 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1129 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1131 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1132 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1133 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1137 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1138 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1143 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1146 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1149 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1150 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1151 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1152 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1156 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1157 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1158 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1159 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1160 contains the first component of a composition. */
1163 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1165 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1166 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1167 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1169 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1173 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1174 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1175 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1176 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1177 s
->background_width
,
1178 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1179 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1180 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1182 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1183 || s
->font_not_found_p
1184 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1187 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1188 s
->background_width
,
1189 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1190 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1196 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1199 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1203 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1204 of S to the right of that box line. */
1205 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1206 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1207 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1211 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1213 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1215 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1217 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1218 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1219 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1221 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1226 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1227 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1230 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1231 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1233 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1235 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1239 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1244 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1247 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1250 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1253 of S to the right of that box line. */
1254 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1256 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1260 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1261 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1262 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1263 this composition. */
1265 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1266 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1267 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1269 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1271 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1273 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1277 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1278 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1279 space on the left or right. */
1280 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1282 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1283 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1285 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1286 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1287 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1292 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1297 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1299 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1300 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1301 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1304 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1313 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1314 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1315 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1326 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1327 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1328 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1334 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1337 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1339 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1343 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1344 of S to the right of that box line. */
1345 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1346 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1347 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1355 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1356 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1358 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1361 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1362 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1366 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1367 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1368 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1369 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1370 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1371 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1374 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1376 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1377 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1378 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1384 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1387 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1388 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1390 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1391 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1393 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1394 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1395 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1397 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1398 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1399 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1402 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1403 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1404 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1405 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1406 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1407 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1413 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1414 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1415 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1416 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1420 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1421 cannot be determined. */
1423 static struct frame
*
1424 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1426 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1427 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1430 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1432 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1433 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1434 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1435 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1436 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1437 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1439 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1440 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1441 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1445 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1446 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1447 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1453 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1454 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1455 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1456 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1457 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1458 Value is true if successful. */
1461 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1462 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1464 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1465 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1468 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1471 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1472 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1474 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1476 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1478 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1483 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1484 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1486 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1489 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1491 DPY is the display we are working on.
1493 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1494 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1495 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1496 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1498 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1499 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1501 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1502 we allocated the color or not.
1504 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1507 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1508 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1509 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1519 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1520 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1522 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1526 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1527 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1528 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1530 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1532 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1533 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1535 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1537 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1538 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1540 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1541 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1543 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1544 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1549 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1551 params
[0] = color_name
;
1552 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1553 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1554 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1559 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1561 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1563 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1567 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1571 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1572 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1575 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1580 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1581 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1582 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1584 APP is the application context in which we work.
1586 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1587 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1588 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1590 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1593 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1627 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1629 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1630 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1634 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1662 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1663 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1664 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1665 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1669 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1673 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1674 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1677 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1679 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1683 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1684 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1685 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1689 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1693 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1696 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1697 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1698 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1699 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1701 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1702 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1703 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1705 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1707 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1709 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1710 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1711 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1712 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1714 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1717 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1721 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1722 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1723 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1728 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1729 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1730 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1731 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1732 XColor
*cached_color
;
1734 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1735 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1736 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1737 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1738 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1740 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1741 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1742 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1746 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1748 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1749 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1755 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1756 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1757 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1761 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1763 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1764 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1768 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1769 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1770 get color reference counts right. */
1773 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1777 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1779 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1780 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1782 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1783 register_color (pixel
);
1789 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1792 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1793 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1794 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1795 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1796 use an additional additive factor.
1798 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1799 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1800 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1803 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1804 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1805 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1806 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1807 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1808 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1811 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1817 /* Get RGB color values. */
1818 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1819 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1821 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1822 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1823 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1824 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1825 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1827 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1828 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1830 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1831 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1832 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1833 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1834 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1836 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1837 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1838 /* The additive adjustment. */
1839 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1843 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1844 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1845 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1849 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1850 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1851 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1855 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1856 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1859 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1861 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1862 delta to the RGB values. */
1863 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1865 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1866 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1867 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1868 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1879 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1880 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1881 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1882 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1883 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1884 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1887 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1890 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1891 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1892 unsigned long pixel
;
1893 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1894 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1895 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1896 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1898 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1899 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1901 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1902 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1903 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1905 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1908 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1911 /* Allocate new color. */
1912 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1914 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1915 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1917 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1918 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1921 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1923 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1925 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1928 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1932 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1935 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1937 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1938 unsigned long color
;
1940 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1941 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1942 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1944 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1945 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1950 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1951 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1952 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1955 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1956 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1958 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1959 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1960 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1961 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1962 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1967 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1968 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1969 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1970 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1971 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1972 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1976 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1977 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1978 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1979 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1981 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1982 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1987 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1989 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1990 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1992 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1993 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1994 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2001 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2002 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2003 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2005 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2006 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2007 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2008 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2015 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2017 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2018 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2020 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2021 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2022 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2023 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2026 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2028 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2030 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2031 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2035 /* Outermost top line. */
2037 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2038 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2039 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2041 /* Outermost left line. */
2043 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2051 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2052 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2053 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2054 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2055 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2061 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2062 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2063 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2064 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2065 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2066 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2069 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2073 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2074 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2075 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2076 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2077 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2078 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2081 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2082 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2083 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2087 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2088 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2089 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2092 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2093 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2097 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2098 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2101 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2102 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2106 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2107 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2109 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2110 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2114 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2117 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2119 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2120 int left_p
, right_p
;
2121 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2122 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2124 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2125 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2126 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2128 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2129 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2131 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2133 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2134 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2136 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2138 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2140 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2142 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2143 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2145 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2146 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2147 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2149 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2151 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2153 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2154 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2155 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2158 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2159 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2160 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2165 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2168 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2171 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2173 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2174 right of that line. */
2175 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2176 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2178 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2180 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2182 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2183 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2184 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2185 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2191 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2192 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2193 trust on the shape extension to be available
2194 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2196 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2199 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2201 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2202 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2203 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2204 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2205 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2207 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2210 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2211 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2212 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2213 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2214 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2215 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2219 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2221 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2224 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2225 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2226 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2227 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2228 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2229 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2232 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2233 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2234 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2235 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2236 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2237 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2239 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2240 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2241 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2242 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2243 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2244 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2249 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2250 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2251 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2255 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2258 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2260 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2263 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2265 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2266 right of that line. */
2267 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2268 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2270 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2272 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2274 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2275 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2276 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2277 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2279 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2280 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2282 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2283 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2287 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2288 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2291 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2292 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2293 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2295 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2296 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2297 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2298 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2299 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2300 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2301 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2302 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2304 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2305 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2306 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2307 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2311 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2314 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2317 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2319 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2320 right of that line. */
2321 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2322 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2324 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2326 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2328 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2329 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2330 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2331 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2337 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2338 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2339 trust on the shape extension to be available
2340 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2342 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2346 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2347 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2348 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2349 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2350 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2352 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2353 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2354 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2355 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2359 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2360 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2361 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2363 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2364 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2365 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2366 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2367 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2368 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2369 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2371 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2373 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2374 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2375 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2380 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2381 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2382 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2386 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2387 give the rectangle to draw. */
2390 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2394 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2395 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2396 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2397 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2400 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2404 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2407 s->x +-------------------------
2410 | +-------------------------
2413 | | +-------------------
2419 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2421 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2422 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2424 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2427 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2428 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2429 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2430 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2432 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2433 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2435 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2436 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2440 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2441 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2445 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2446 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2447 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2448 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2449 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2451 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2452 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2453 s
->background_width
,
2456 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2458 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2460 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2463 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2464 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2465 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2466 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2467 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2468 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2469 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2474 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2476 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2477 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2478 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2479 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2487 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2489 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2491 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2492 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2494 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2497 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2500 /* Draw the foreground. */
2503 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2504 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2505 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2506 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2507 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2510 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2512 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2514 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2515 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2516 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2520 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2523 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2525 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2527 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2528 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2530 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2531 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2532 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2535 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2537 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2541 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2547 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2549 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2551 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2552 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2553 x
+= background_width
;
2555 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2556 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2560 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2562 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2563 if (width
< background_width
)
2566 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2570 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2574 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2575 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2577 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2583 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2584 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2586 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2588 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2589 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2590 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2591 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2596 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2597 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2598 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2599 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2603 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2605 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2606 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2608 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2609 except for header line and mode line. */
2610 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2612 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2615 if (background_width
> 0)
2616 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2619 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2623 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2629 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2634 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2636 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2637 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2638 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2641 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2647 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2649 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2650 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2652 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2655 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2657 /* Draw the waves */
2659 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2669 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2674 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2676 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2680 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2681 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2685 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2688 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2690 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2692 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2693 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2694 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2695 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2698 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2700 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2701 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2702 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2703 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2705 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2706 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2707 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2708 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2710 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2711 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2715 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2716 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2718 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2719 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2720 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2721 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2722 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2723 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2726 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2727 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2728 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2729 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2732 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2734 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2735 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2736 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2737 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2738 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2739 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2741 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2743 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2746 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2750 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2754 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2755 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2757 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2758 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2761 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2762 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2763 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2764 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2766 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2767 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2770 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2771 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2772 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2774 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2775 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2782 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2784 /* Draw underline. */
2785 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2787 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2789 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2790 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2794 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2795 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2796 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2797 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2800 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2802 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2805 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2807 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2808 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2809 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2813 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2814 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2815 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2818 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2819 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2822 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2823 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2824 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2825 specs, and its default is
2827 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2828 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2830 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2831 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2832 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2834 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2836 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2838 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2840 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2841 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2842 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2843 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2844 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2845 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2846 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2847 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2848 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2849 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2850 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2851 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2855 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2856 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2857 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2858 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2859 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2863 /* Draw overline. */
2864 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2866 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2868 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2869 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2874 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2875 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2876 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2878 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2882 /* Draw strike-through. */
2883 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2885 unsigned long h
= 1;
2886 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2888 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2889 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2894 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2895 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2896 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2898 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2902 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2903 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2904 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2908 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2910 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2911 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2912 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2914 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2915 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2916 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2919 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2920 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2921 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2922 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2924 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2925 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2927 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2933 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2935 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2936 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2937 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2939 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2940 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2941 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2944 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2945 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2946 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2947 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2949 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2950 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2952 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2953 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2958 /* Reset clipping. */
2959 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2963 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2966 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2968 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2969 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2970 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2974 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2978 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2984 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2985 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2988 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2990 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2991 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2995 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2998 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3000 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3002 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3003 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3004 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3006 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3007 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3010 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3012 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3013 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3014 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3016 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3017 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3018 redisplay, do it here. */
3019 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3020 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3023 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3030 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3033 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3039 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3040 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3041 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3043 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3044 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3045 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3046 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3048 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3052 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3055 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3056 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3057 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3058 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3059 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3060 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3061 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3062 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3063 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3066 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3067 pixels into background pixels. */
3071 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3072 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3073 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3075 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3076 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3080 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3081 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3082 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3083 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3084 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3085 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3086 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3090 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3091 edge it is next to. */
3092 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3094 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3095 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3098 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3099 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3106 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3108 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3109 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3111 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3113 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3114 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3115 width
, flash_height
);
3116 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3118 (height
- flash_height
3119 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3120 width
, flash_height
);
3124 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3125 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3126 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3127 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3132 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3133 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3135 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3137 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3139 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3142 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3143 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3146 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3147 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3149 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3150 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3154 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3155 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3157 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3159 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3160 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3161 width
, flash_height
);
3162 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3164 (height
- flash_height
3165 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3166 width
, flash_height
);
3169 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3170 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3171 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3172 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3178 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3180 #undef XFillRectangle
3182 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3193 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3198 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3199 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3200 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3203 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3204 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3205 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3210 /* Make audible bell. */
3213 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3215 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3222 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3223 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3230 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3231 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3232 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3233 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3236 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3238 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3243 /***********************************************************************
3245 ***********************************************************************/
3247 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3248 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3251 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3257 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3260 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3262 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3263 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3265 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3266 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3268 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3270 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3271 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3272 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3273 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3274 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3275 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3276 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3277 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3279 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3283 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3284 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3285 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3287 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3289 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3290 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3292 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3293 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3298 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3299 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3300 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3304 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3305 line at the bottom. */
3306 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3307 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3309 height
= run
->height
;
3313 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3315 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3316 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3318 height
= run
->height
;
3323 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3327 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3328 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3329 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3339 /***********************************************************************
3341 ***********************************************************************/
3345 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3347 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3348 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3349 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3350 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3352 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3353 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3354 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3355 because of this (bug#9310). */
3356 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3357 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3358 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3359 x_uncatch_errors ();
3361 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3362 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3366 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3368 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3369 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3370 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3371 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3373 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3374 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3375 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3376 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3377 x_uncatch_errors ();
3379 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3380 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3383 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3384 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3385 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3386 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3387 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3390 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3392 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3394 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3396 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3397 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3398 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3400 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3401 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3403 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3404 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3406 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3409 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3412 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3413 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3414 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3417 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3419 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3421 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3423 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3424 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3426 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3427 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3428 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3429 if ((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp(), Qt
))
3430 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3431 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3433 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3434 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3438 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3441 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3442 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3445 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3447 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3449 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3451 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3452 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3456 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3457 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3459 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3460 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3464 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3465 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3467 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3470 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3472 struct frame
*frame
;
3474 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3478 switch (event
->type
)
3483 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3485 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3487 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3488 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3489 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3490 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3492 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3498 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3499 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3500 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3501 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3505 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3507 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3508 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3509 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3516 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3517 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3520 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3522 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3526 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3527 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3528 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3530 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3531 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3532 the appropriate X display info. */
3535 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3537 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3541 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3543 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3545 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3547 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3548 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3549 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3550 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3551 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3553 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3554 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3558 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3560 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3563 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3564 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3565 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3571 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3573 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3575 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3577 int min_code
, max_code
;
3580 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3582 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3583 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3584 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3585 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3586 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3588 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3590 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3591 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3593 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3595 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3596 Alt keysyms are on. */
3598 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3599 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3601 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3603 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3604 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3606 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3608 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3612 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3616 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3618 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3624 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3625 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3630 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3631 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3636 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3637 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3638 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3639 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3644 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3645 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3646 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3647 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3651 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3652 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3653 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3654 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3655 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3664 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3665 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3667 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3668 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3671 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3672 make them just meta, not alt. */
3673 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3675 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3679 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3682 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3686 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3688 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3689 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3690 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3691 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3694 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3695 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3696 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3697 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3698 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3699 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3700 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3701 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3703 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3704 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3705 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3706 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3707 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3708 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3712 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3714 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3715 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3716 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3717 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3721 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3722 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3723 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3724 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3725 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3726 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3727 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3728 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3731 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3732 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3733 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3734 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3735 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3736 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3739 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3742 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3747 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3755 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3757 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3759 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3763 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3765 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3767 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3768 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3769 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3770 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3772 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3776 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3777 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3778 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3784 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3785 The input handler calls this.
3787 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3788 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3789 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3790 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3792 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3793 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3796 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3798 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3799 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3800 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3802 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3805 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3807 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3808 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3809 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3810 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3815 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3816 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3817 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3818 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3819 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3820 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3822 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3823 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3824 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3825 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3826 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3827 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3835 /************************************************************************
3837 ************************************************************************/
3840 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3842 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3843 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3844 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3845 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3846 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3851 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3852 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3854 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3855 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3856 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3857 position on the scroll bar.
3859 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3860 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3863 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3864 was at this position.
3866 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3868 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3872 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3873 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3880 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3881 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3887 Window dummy_window
;
3890 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3892 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3893 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3894 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3895 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3896 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3898 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3900 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3901 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3902 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3904 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3907 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3908 a different screen. */
3911 /* The position on that root window. */
3914 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3917 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3919 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3921 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3922 containing the pointer. */
3926 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3930 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3931 structure is changing at the same time this function
3932 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3934 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3936 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3937 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3939 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3940 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3941 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3943 /* From-window, to-window. */
3944 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3946 /* From-position, to-position. */
3947 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3951 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3957 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3959 /* From-window, to-window. */
3962 /* From-position, to-position. */
3963 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3968 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3971 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3972 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3973 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3974 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3975 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3983 /* Now we know that:
3984 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3985 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3986 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3987 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3988 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3989 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3990 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3991 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3992 never use them in that case.) */
3995 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3996 want the edit window. */
3997 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3999 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4000 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4003 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4004 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4007 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4008 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4010 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4013 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4016 x_uncatch_errors ();
4018 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4021 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4023 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4027 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4033 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4034 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4038 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4039 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4040 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4041 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4042 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4043 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4044 the frame are divided into. */
4046 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4047 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4052 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4053 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4054 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4064 /***********************************************************************
4066 ***********************************************************************/
4068 /* Scroll bar support. */
4070 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4072 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4075 static struct scroll_bar
*
4076 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4078 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4080 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4081 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4082 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4084 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4086 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4088 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4091 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4093 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4094 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4095 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4096 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4097 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4100 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4101 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4102 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4103 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4110 #if defined USE_LUCID
4112 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4113 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4116 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4118 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4120 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4121 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4123 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4125 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4131 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4134 /************************************************************************
4136 ************************************************************************/
4138 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4140 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4141 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4142 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4143 struct scroll_bar
*);
4144 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4148 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4149 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4151 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4153 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4155 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4157 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4158 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4161 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4163 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4165 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4167 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4168 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4169 to avoid jerkiness. */
4171 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4173 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4174 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4175 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4176 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4179 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4180 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4183 const char *end_action
;
4186 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4187 end_action
= "Release";
4188 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4189 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4190 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4191 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4194 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4195 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4199 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4200 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4201 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4203 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4205 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4206 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4207 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4209 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4210 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4212 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4213 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4216 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4218 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4219 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4221 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4222 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4225 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4226 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4227 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4228 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4231 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4234 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4235 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4236 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4241 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4242 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4243 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4244 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4245 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4248 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4249 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4250 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4251 into that array in the event. */
4252 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4253 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4256 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4258 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4259 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4261 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4262 scroll_bar_windows
=
4263 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4264 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4265 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4266 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4269 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4270 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4271 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4272 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4273 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4274 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4276 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4277 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4278 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4279 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4282 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4283 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4284 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4285 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4290 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4294 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4296 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4300 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4301 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4303 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4305 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4306 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4309 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4312 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4314 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4315 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4316 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4317 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4318 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4324 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4326 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4329 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4330 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4331 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4334 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4336 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4337 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4338 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4342 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4343 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4344 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4347 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4348 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4349 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4352 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4353 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4354 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4357 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4358 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4359 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4363 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4364 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4367 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4368 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4369 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4376 /* Get the slider size. */
4378 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4381 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4382 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4383 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4384 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4388 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4394 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4395 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4396 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4400 #elif defined USE_GTK
4402 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4403 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4406 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4407 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4411 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4413 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4414 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4415 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4417 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4418 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4423 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4424 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4425 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4426 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4428 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4429 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4430 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4431 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4432 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4435 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4436 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4437 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4439 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4440 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4441 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4443 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4444 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4445 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4447 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4448 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4449 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4455 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4456 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4457 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4463 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4466 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4467 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4470 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4471 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4472 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4474 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4475 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4476 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4483 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4485 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4486 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4487 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4491 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4493 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4494 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4496 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4499 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4501 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4505 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4507 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4508 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4509 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4510 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4511 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4513 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4515 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4517 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4518 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4519 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4520 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4524 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4525 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4526 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4527 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4528 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4529 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4530 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4533 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4535 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4536 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4537 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4541 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4543 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4546 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4547 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4549 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4550 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4551 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4552 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4554 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4556 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4557 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4558 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4559 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4562 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4564 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4566 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4567 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4571 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4573 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4576 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4577 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4582 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4585 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4591 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4592 unsigned long pixel
;
4597 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4600 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4601 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4606 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4613 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4616 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4620 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4621 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4623 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4624 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4626 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4628 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4630 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4632 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4634 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4636 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4639 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4640 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4642 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4643 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4644 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4645 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4647 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4649 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4650 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4651 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4652 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4653 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4654 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4655 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4656 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4658 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4661 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4665 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4668 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4672 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4674 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4675 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4677 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4680 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4681 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4682 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4684 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4687 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4689 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4692 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4693 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4694 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4696 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4700 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4701 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4702 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4703 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4704 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4705 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4706 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4709 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4710 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4714 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4715 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4716 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4718 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4720 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4723 /* Specify the colors. */
4724 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4727 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4730 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4733 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4739 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4740 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4743 char const *initial
= "";
4744 char const *val
= initial
;
4745 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4746 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4747 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4749 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4750 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4751 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4752 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4753 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4754 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4758 /* Define callbacks. */
4759 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4760 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4763 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4764 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4766 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4768 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4769 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4770 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4771 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4773 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4774 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4775 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4776 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4780 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4783 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4784 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4788 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4790 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4793 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4795 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4798 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4799 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4806 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4807 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4808 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4809 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4810 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4811 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4812 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4813 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4814 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4815 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4816 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4817 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4818 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4819 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4826 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4827 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4830 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4834 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4835 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4837 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4839 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4840 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4841 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4843 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4845 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4851 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4852 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4856 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4858 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4859 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4860 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4864 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4865 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4866 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4869 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4870 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4872 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4873 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4874 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4875 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4877 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4878 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4881 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4882 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4883 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4885 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4889 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4893 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4895 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4899 /************************************************************************
4900 Scroll bars, general
4901 ************************************************************************/
4903 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4904 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4905 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4908 static struct scroll_bar
*
4909 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4911 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4912 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4913 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4918 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4919 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4920 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4922 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4926 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4927 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4928 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4930 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4931 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4933 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4935 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4937 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4938 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4939 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4940 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4941 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4943 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4945 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4946 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4947 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4949 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4951 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4958 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4960 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4962 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4966 bar
->height
= height
;
4969 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4970 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4972 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4973 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4975 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4976 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4977 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4978 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4980 /* Map the window/widget. */
4981 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4984 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4987 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4988 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4990 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4991 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4992 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4993 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4995 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4996 max (height
, 1), 0);
4997 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4998 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5000 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5001 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5002 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5009 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5011 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5013 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5014 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5015 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5018 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5019 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5020 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5021 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5022 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5025 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5027 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5028 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5029 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5030 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5032 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5034 && start
== bar
->start
5041 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5042 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5043 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5045 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5046 the distance between start and end. */
5048 int length
= end
- start
;
5052 else if (start
> top_range
)
5054 end
= start
+ length
;
5058 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5062 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5066 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5067 if (end
> top_range
)
5070 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5071 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5072 that many pixels tall. */
5073 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5075 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5076 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5078 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5079 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5080 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5081 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5082 inside_width
, start
,
5085 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5086 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5087 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5088 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5090 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5091 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5092 /* x, y, width, height */
5093 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5094 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5095 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5097 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5098 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5099 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5100 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5102 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5103 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5104 if (end
< inside_height
)
5105 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5106 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5107 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5108 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5109 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5117 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5119 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5123 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5125 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5130 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5131 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5132 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5133 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5135 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5138 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5139 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5145 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5146 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5147 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5151 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5153 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5155 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5156 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5157 int window_y
, window_height
;
5158 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5159 int fringe_extended_p
;
5162 /* Get window dimensions. */
5163 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5165 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5166 height
= window_height
;
5168 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5169 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5171 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5172 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5173 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5174 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5178 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5179 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5180 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5181 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5183 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5185 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5186 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5191 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5192 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5193 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5194 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5195 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5196 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5198 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5199 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5200 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5201 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5204 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5205 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5207 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5210 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5211 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5212 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5213 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5216 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5217 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5221 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5225 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5226 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5228 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5232 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5234 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5236 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5238 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5241 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5243 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5244 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5246 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5247 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5248 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5250 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5251 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5252 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5254 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5255 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5258 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5261 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5262 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5264 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5265 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5266 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5268 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5269 max (height
, 1), 0);
5270 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5272 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5274 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5275 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5276 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5278 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5279 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5281 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5282 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5283 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5287 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5288 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5289 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5292 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5293 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5294 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5296 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5297 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5298 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5299 rest
, height
, False
);
5301 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5302 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5306 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5311 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5313 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5315 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5319 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5321 /* Remember new settings. */
5322 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5324 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5325 bar
->height
= height
;
5330 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5331 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5333 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5334 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5335 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5337 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5339 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5342 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5345 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5346 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5347 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5350 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5352 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5353 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5357 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5358 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5359 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5360 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5361 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5362 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5363 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5365 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5366 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5367 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5370 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5372 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5373 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5376 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5377 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5378 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5379 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5380 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5381 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5382 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5387 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5388 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5391 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5393 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5397 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5398 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5401 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5403 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5404 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5405 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5407 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5409 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5410 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5412 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5413 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5414 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5416 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5417 one or the other! */
5421 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5423 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5424 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5426 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5428 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5429 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5430 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5431 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5434 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5435 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5438 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5440 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5442 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5444 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5445 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5446 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5448 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5450 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5452 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5455 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5458 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5459 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5463 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5464 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5465 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5467 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5471 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5473 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5474 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5475 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5476 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5480 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5482 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5483 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5484 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5485 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5487 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5488 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5490 /* x, y, width, height */
5492 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5495 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5496 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5497 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5498 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5503 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5505 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5506 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5508 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5513 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5515 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5518 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5519 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5520 emacs_event
->modifiers
5521 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5522 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5523 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5524 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5527 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5528 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5529 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5532 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5533 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5536 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5539 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5540 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5541 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5543 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5545 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5546 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5547 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5548 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5550 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5551 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5553 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5554 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5558 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5559 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5563 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5565 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5567 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5571 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5573 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5575 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5578 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5580 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5581 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5583 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5584 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5586 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5588 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5590 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5595 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5597 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5598 on the scroll bar. */
5601 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5602 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5603 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5605 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5606 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5607 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5609 Window dummy_window
;
5611 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5615 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5617 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5619 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5620 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5621 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5623 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5626 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5632 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5634 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5636 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5637 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5641 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5645 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5647 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5648 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5649 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5650 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5651 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5652 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5654 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5656 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5657 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5660 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5663 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5669 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5670 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5671 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5675 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5677 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5680 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5681 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5682 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5683 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5684 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5685 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5686 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5687 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5689 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5693 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5695 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5696 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5697 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5698 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5700 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5701 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5703 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5705 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5706 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5708 static int temp_index
;
5709 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5711 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5712 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5714 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5716 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5717 on a particular display. */
5719 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5721 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5722 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5723 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5724 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5726 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5728 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5729 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5732 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5733 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5734 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5735 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5736 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5737 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5749 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5750 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5751 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5753 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5755 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5759 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5761 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5762 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5763 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5766 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5767 event
->xclient
.window
);
5769 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5774 static int current_count
;
5775 static int current_finish
;
5776 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5778 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5779 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5780 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5781 static GdkFilterReturn
5782 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5784 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5787 if (current_count
>= 0)
5789 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5791 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5794 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5795 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5796 so we do it here. */
5797 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5799 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5802 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5807 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5810 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5814 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5818 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5819 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5821 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5823 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5826 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5827 enum xembed_message
,
5828 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5830 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5832 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5833 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5834 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5836 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5839 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5840 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5843 struct input_event ie
;
5844 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5848 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5849 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5850 struct coding_system coding
;
5851 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5852 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5855 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5857 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5858 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5861 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5862 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5868 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5869 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5870 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5872 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5873 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5875 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5876 could be the shell widget window
5877 if the frame has no title bar. */
5878 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5880 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5881 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5882 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5884 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5885 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5886 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5887 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5888 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5891 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5892 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5893 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5894 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5897 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5898 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5899 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5902 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5903 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5904 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5906 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5907 /* The ICCCM says this is
5908 the only valid choice. */
5910 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5911 /* This is needed to detect the error
5912 if there is an error. */
5914 x_uncatch_errors ();
5916 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5921 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5922 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5924 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5925 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5926 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5927 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5928 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5929 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5930 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5931 session manager and one for this. */
5933 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5936 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5937 event
.xclient
.window
);
5938 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5939 for a single Emacs process. */
5940 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5941 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5942 event
.xclient
.window
,
5943 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5945 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5946 event
.xclient
.window
,
5952 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5953 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5955 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5956 event
.xclient
.window
);
5958 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5960 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5961 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5968 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5969 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5974 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5975 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5978 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5980 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5981 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5985 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5992 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5993 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5995 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5997 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6001 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6003 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6004 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6005 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6006 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6008 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6009 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6010 currently never do because we are interested in
6011 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6012 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6013 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6016 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6017 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6021 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6022 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6023 we construct an input_event. */
6024 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6025 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6027 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6028 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6031 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6033 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6034 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6035 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6037 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6038 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6039 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6041 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6045 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6047 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6050 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6051 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6055 case SelectionNotify
:
6056 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6057 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6058 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6060 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6061 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6064 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6065 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6066 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6067 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6069 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6071 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6073 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6074 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6075 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6076 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6080 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6081 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6082 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6083 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6085 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6087 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6089 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6090 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6091 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6092 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6093 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6094 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6095 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6099 case PropertyNotify
:
6100 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6101 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6102 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6103 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6104 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6106 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6107 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6108 treat it as deiconified. */
6109 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6110 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6111 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6112 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6113 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6114 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6115 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6116 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6119 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6120 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6123 case ReparentNotify
:
6124 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6128 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6129 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6133 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6134 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6135 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6137 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6142 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6146 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6147 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6148 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6149 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6150 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6153 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6155 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6156 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6157 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6158 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6162 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6163 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6167 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6168 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6170 #if defined USE_LUCID
6171 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6172 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6173 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6176 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6178 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6180 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6182 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6183 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6185 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6186 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6187 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6190 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6191 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6194 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6195 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6199 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6200 source area was obscured or not
6202 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6206 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6207 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6208 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6210 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6216 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6217 source area was completely
6222 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6223 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6226 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6229 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6230 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6231 the frame was deleted. */
6233 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6234 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6235 display that won't ever be seen. */
6236 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6237 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6238 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6239 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6240 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6241 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6242 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6243 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6245 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6247 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6248 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6254 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6255 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6256 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6259 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6260 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6261 frame is visible. */
6262 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6265 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6266 the frame's display structures.
6267 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6268 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6269 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6270 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6271 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6272 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6274 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6275 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6276 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6277 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6279 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6280 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6281 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6285 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6286 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6288 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6289 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6290 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6291 to update the frame titles
6292 in case this is the second frame. */
6293 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6296 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6303 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6304 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6306 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6307 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6308 if (popup_activated ())
6312 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6314 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6315 mouse highlighting. */
6316 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6318 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6320 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6321 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6324 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6327 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6328 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6329 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6331 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6333 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6334 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6337 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6341 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6342 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6343 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6346 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6347 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6348 status_return even if the input is too long to
6349 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6350 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6351 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6352 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6353 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6354 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6355 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6357 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6361 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6362 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6363 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6365 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6369 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6370 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6371 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6373 /* This will have to go some day... */
6375 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6376 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6377 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6378 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6379 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6380 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6381 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6383 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6384 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6385 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6386 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6387 not it is combined with Meta. */
6388 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6389 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6394 Status status_return
;
6396 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6397 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6398 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6399 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6401 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6403 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6404 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6405 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6406 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6407 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6410 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6411 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6413 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6418 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6419 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6423 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6424 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6427 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6428 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6432 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6433 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6434 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6437 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6438 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6440 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6441 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6443 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6444 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6446 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6447 translations to characters. */
6448 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6449 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6451 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6452 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6456 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6457 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6459 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6460 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6462 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6463 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6467 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6468 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6469 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6474 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6475 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6476 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6477 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6481 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6482 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6483 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6484 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6485 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6486 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6488 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6489 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6491 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6492 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6493 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6494 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6495 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6497 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6498 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6500 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6501 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6503 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6504 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6506 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6507 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6509 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6510 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6512 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6513 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6515 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6516 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6518 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6519 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6521 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6522 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6524 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6525 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6527 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6528 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6530 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6531 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6533 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6534 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6536 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6537 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6538 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6539 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6540 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6541 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6542 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6543 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6544 don't have real modifiers but
6545 should be treated similarly to
6546 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6547 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6548 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6549 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6553 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6554 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6556 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6557 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6561 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6565 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6567 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6569 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6572 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6574 /* Decode the input data. */
6576 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6577 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6578 we used just above and the locale. */
6579 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6580 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6581 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6582 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6583 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6584 gives us composition information. */
6585 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6587 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6589 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6590 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6591 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6592 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6593 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6594 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6597 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6598 character events. */
6599 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6602 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6603 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6605 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6606 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6607 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6608 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6610 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6615 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6617 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6623 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6624 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6632 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6634 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6635 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6643 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6644 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6646 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6648 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6649 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6651 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6652 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6653 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6654 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6656 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6657 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6658 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6659 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6664 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6668 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6669 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6671 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6674 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6676 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6677 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6678 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6679 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6682 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6683 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6684 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6685 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6686 if (any_help_event_p
)
6690 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6691 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6692 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6697 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6702 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6703 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6704 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6706 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6707 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6708 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6710 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6712 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6714 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6715 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6719 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6725 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6726 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6727 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6731 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6732 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6735 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6736 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6737 will be selected only when it is active. */
6738 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6739 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6740 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6741 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6742 create event iff we don't leave the
6744 && (focus_follows_mouse
6745 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6746 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6748 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6749 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6754 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6755 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6759 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6760 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6761 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6762 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6765 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6766 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6768 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6769 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6770 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6773 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6774 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6775 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6776 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6781 case ConfigureNotify
:
6782 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6785 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6786 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6788 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6789 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6795 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6797 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6798 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6800 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6801 is called by the code that handles resizing
6802 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6804 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6805 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6806 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6807 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6808 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6809 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6810 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6812 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6813 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6814 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6817 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6818 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6819 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6823 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6824 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6825 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6826 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6829 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6833 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6834 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6843 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6844 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6847 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6848 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6849 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6851 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6853 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6854 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6856 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6859 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6864 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6865 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6866 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6869 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6870 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6872 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6873 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6875 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6877 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6878 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6879 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6880 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6885 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6886 if (! popup_activated ())
6889 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6891 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6892 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6894 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6895 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6897 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6898 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6901 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6903 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6904 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6905 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6909 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6910 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6911 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6913 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6914 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6916 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6918 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6919 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6921 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6923 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6924 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6927 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6929 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6930 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6933 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6936 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6938 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6939 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6940 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6944 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6945 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6946 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6947 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6948 Instead, save it away
6949 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6950 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6951 if (! popup_activated ()
6953 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6954 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6956 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6957 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6958 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6959 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6960 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6961 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6962 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6963 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6965 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6966 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6967 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6969 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6971 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6976 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6980 case CirculateNotify
:
6983 case CirculateRequest
:
6986 case VisibilityNotify
:
6990 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6992 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6994 case MappingModifier
:
6995 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6996 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6997 case MappingKeyboard
:
6998 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7003 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7008 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7010 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7011 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7013 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7018 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7020 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7025 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7030 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7036 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7037 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7038 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7042 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7043 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7053 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7055 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7056 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7057 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7059 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7061 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7063 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7064 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7066 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7069 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7076 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7077 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7079 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7080 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7081 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7085 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7088 int event_found
= 0;
7092 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7093 input_signal_count
++;
7095 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7096 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7098 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7099 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7103 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7108 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7111 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7112 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7117 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7118 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7120 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7128 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7129 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7130 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7131 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7133 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7134 from all displays. */
7136 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7138 current_count
= count
;
7139 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7141 gtk_main_iteration ();
7143 count
= current_count
;
7145 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7147 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7150 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7152 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7153 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7156 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7157 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7158 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7160 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7164 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7165 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7167 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7169 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7170 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7174 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7176 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7177 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7179 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7180 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7191 /***********************************************************************
7193 ***********************************************************************/
7195 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7196 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7198 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7199 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7200 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7203 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7205 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7206 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7207 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7209 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7211 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7212 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7213 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7214 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7215 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7217 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7221 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7224 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7226 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7227 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7228 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7231 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7234 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7235 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7236 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7237 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7240 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7241 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7242 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7244 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7245 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7246 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7247 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7248 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7250 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7251 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7252 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7254 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7255 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7256 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7257 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7261 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7263 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7264 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7265 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7269 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7271 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7272 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7274 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7275 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7277 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7278 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7281 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7282 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7283 the bar might not be in the window. */
7284 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7286 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7287 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7288 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7292 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7293 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7294 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7295 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7296 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7299 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7300 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7301 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7302 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7303 that the glyph is legible. */
7304 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7305 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7307 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7308 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7311 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7314 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7315 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7318 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7320 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7322 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7325 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7326 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7328 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7330 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7331 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7332 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7333 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7335 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7336 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7337 width
, row
->height
);
7341 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7344 width
= row
->height
;
7346 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7348 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7349 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7351 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7352 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7353 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7354 row
->height
- width
),
7355 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7358 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7363 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7366 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7368 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7369 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7370 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7371 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7375 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7378 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7380 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7381 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7383 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7384 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7385 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7390 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7393 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7395 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7399 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7400 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7402 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7403 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7404 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7405 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7407 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7408 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7412 switch (cursor_type
)
7414 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7415 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7418 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7419 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7423 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7427 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7431 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7440 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7441 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7442 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7447 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7454 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7457 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7459 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7461 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7464 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7465 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7466 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7467 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7472 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7473 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7474 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7476 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7477 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7478 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7482 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7483 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7489 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7490 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7493 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7495 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7497 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7501 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7504 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7505 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7509 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7510 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7514 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7515 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7516 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7517 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7518 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7520 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7523 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7524 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7530 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7531 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7534 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7536 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7541 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7542 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7544 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7545 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7548 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7549 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7550 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7551 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7556 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7558 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7559 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7561 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7562 be called from a signal handler.
7565 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7566 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7568 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7570 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7572 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7573 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7574 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7577 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7579 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7580 x_error_message
->string
,
7581 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7584 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7585 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7588 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7589 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7590 stored in *x_error_message.
7592 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7593 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7595 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7598 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7600 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7602 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7606 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7607 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7608 x_error_message
= data
;
7611 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7612 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7615 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7617 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7621 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7622 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7623 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7624 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7626 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7627 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7632 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7633 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7634 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7637 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7639 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7642 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7644 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7645 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7646 x_uncatch_errors ();
7647 error (format
, string
);
7651 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7652 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7655 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7657 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7660 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7663 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7666 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7668 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7671 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7672 * idea. --lorentey */
7673 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7676 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7678 while (x_error_message
)
7679 x_uncatch_errors ();
7684 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7687 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7692 /************************************************************************
7694 ************************************************************************/
7696 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7698 static char *error_msg
;
7700 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7701 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7704 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7707 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7708 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7710 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7711 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7713 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7714 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7718 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7720 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7721 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7724 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7725 that are on the dead display. */
7726 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7728 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7730 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7731 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7732 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7733 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7734 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7735 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7738 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7739 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7740 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7741 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7742 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7743 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7745 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7746 trying to find a replacement. */
7747 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7748 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7751 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7752 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7755 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7756 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7757 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7759 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7760 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7761 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7762 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7763 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7764 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7765 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7766 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7767 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7770 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7772 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7773 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7775 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7776 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7777 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7778 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7783 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7784 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7788 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7790 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7791 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7795 totally_unblock_input ();
7797 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7798 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7800 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7801 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7803 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7804 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7805 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7806 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7809 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7810 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7811 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7813 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7814 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7817 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7820 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7821 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7822 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7828 if (x_error_message
)
7829 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7831 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7835 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7836 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7837 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7839 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7841 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7842 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7844 static void NO_INLINE
7845 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7847 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7849 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7850 or colors that are not defined. */
7852 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7855 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7856 original error handler. */
7858 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7859 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7860 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7861 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7865 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7866 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7867 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7870 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7874 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7875 DisplayString (display
));
7876 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7880 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7882 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7883 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7884 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7888 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7890 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7893 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7894 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7895 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7896 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7900 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7901 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7902 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7903 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7905 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7907 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7908 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7910 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7911 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7912 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7916 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7917 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7920 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7922 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7923 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7924 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7925 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7926 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7931 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7934 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7943 /***********************************************************************
7945 ***********************************************************************/
7951 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7952 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7953 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7956 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7958 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7959 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7963 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7964 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7966 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7967 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7969 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7970 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7974 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7975 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7976 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7980 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7983 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7984 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7987 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7988 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7991 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7999 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8000 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8007 XIMCallback destroy
;
8010 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8011 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8014 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8015 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8016 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8022 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8023 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8027 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8029 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8030 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8031 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8032 when the callback was registered. */
8035 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8037 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8038 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8040 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8044 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8046 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8047 as they have no XIC. */
8048 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8050 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8053 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8055 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8058 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8059 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8061 create_frame_xic (f
);
8062 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8063 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8064 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8066 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8067 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8076 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8079 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8080 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8081 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8082 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8085 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8087 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8091 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8092 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8095 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8096 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8097 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8098 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8099 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8100 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8101 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8102 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8103 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8104 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8105 least, hence the configure test. */
8106 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8107 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8108 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8109 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8111 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8115 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8118 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8123 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8124 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8125 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8127 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8128 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8129 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8130 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8131 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8132 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8133 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8134 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8136 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8139 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8143 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8144 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8147 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8149 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8151 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8152 is already for the top-left corner. */
8153 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8156 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8157 position that fits on the screen. */
8158 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8159 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8160 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8163 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8165 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8166 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8167 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8169 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8170 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8171 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8172 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8175 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8176 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8178 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8181 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8182 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8183 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8186 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8187 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8188 so the flags should correspond. */
8189 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8192 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8193 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8194 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8195 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8196 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8199 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8201 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8203 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8205 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8206 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8210 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8212 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8214 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8215 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8217 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8220 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8222 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8223 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8225 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8227 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8228 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8229 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8230 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8231 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8234 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8235 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8237 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8238 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8241 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8242 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8243 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8244 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8247 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8248 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8249 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8251 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8252 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8253 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8254 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8255 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8256 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8261 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8262 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8263 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8264 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8265 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8268 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8271 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8272 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8273 Window wmcheck_window
;
8274 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8275 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8276 long max_len
= 65536;
8277 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8278 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8279 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8283 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8284 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8286 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8287 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8288 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8290 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8292 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8293 x_uncatch_errors ();
8298 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8301 /* Check if window exists. */
8302 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8304 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8306 x_uncatch_errors ();
8311 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8313 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8314 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8315 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8316 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8317 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8318 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8320 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8322 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8323 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8324 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8325 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8326 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8328 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8330 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8331 x_uncatch_errors ();
8336 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8337 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8338 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8343 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8344 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8346 x_uncatch_errors ();
8353 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8355 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8357 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8358 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8360 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8362 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8364 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8366 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8371 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8374 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8376 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8378 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8379 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8382 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8383 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8384 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8386 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8389 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8395 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8396 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8397 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8398 long max_len
= 65536;
8399 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8400 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8401 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8404 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8407 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8408 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8409 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8410 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8411 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8413 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8415 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8416 x_uncatch_errors ();
8418 return ! f
->iconified
;
8421 x_uncatch_errors ();
8423 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8425 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8426 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8429 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8431 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8433 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8434 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8436 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8438 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8440 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8441 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8443 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8445 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8446 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8447 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8451 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8456 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8459 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8462 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8465 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8467 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8468 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8470 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8472 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8476 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8478 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8479 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8480 are sent at once. */
8481 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8483 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8484 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8485 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8486 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8487 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8488 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8490 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8491 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8492 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8493 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8494 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8495 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8496 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8498 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8499 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8500 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8501 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8502 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8503 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8504 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8506 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8507 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8508 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8509 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8510 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8512 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8513 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8514 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8517 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8520 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8524 return have_net_atom
;
8528 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8530 if (f
->async_visible
)
8533 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8541 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8543 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8546 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8551 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8554 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8557 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8560 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8565 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8566 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8571 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8572 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8574 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8576 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8579 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8580 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8582 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8583 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8584 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8586 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8588 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8589 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8591 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8593 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8594 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8595 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8596 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8597 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8599 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8600 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8602 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8603 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8606 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8611 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8612 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8613 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8614 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8615 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8616 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8617 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8620 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8622 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8624 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8625 window manager window around the frame. */
8627 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8629 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8631 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8636 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8637 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8638 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8640 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8642 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8643 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8645 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8646 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8648 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8651 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8652 frame's position. */
8654 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8658 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8659 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8660 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8661 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8662 of an exact comparison. */
8665 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8669 while (count
++ < 50)
8671 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8673 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8674 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8677 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8678 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8682 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8685 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8686 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8689 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8693 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8694 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8696 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8700 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8702 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8704 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8707 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8708 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8710 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8711 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8713 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8714 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8715 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8716 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8718 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8720 pending_signals
= 1;
8721 totally_unblock_input ();
8722 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8724 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8729 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8730 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8733 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8734 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8735 break; /* Timeout */
8737 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8738 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8742 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8743 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8744 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8745 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8748 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8750 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8752 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8753 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8754 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8756 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8758 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8760 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8761 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8762 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8763 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8765 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8766 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8767 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8768 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8771 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8772 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8773 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8774 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8775 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8777 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8778 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8779 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8780 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8782 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8783 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8784 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8785 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8786 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8788 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8791 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8792 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8793 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8794 if (f
->async_visible
)
8795 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8798 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8799 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8800 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8806 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8807 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8808 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8809 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8812 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8816 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8820 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8821 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8822 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8823 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8824 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8825 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8826 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8827 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8828 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8829 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8831 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8833 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8834 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8835 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8836 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8837 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8838 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8839 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8843 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8844 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8846 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8847 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8849 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8851 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8853 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8854 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8856 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8857 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8858 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8859 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8860 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8865 /* Mouse warping. */
8868 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8872 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8873 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8875 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8876 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8878 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8879 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8883 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8884 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8888 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8891 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8895 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8896 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8900 /* Raise frame F. */
8903 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8906 if (f
->async_visible
)
8907 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8909 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8913 /* Lower frame F. */
8916 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8918 if (f
->async_visible
)
8921 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8922 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8927 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8930 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
8932 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8933 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8934 if (f
->async_visible
)
8935 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8936 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8939 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8942 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8944 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8945 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8947 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8948 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8951 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8952 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8953 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8955 Fcons (make_number (1),
8956 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8962 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8970 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8972 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8974 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8976 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8979 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8981 unsigned long data
[2];
8982 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8984 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8987 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8988 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8989 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8991 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8994 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8995 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8999 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9000 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9001 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9002 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9003 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9004 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9005 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9006 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9007 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9009 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9010 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9011 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9014 /* Change of visibility. */
9016 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9017 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9018 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9019 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9020 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9021 finishes with it. */
9024 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9027 int original_top
, original_left
;
9028 int retry_count
= 2;
9034 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9036 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9038 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9040 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9041 call x_set_offset a second time
9042 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9043 before the window gets really visible. */
9044 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9045 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9046 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9047 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9049 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9051 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9052 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9053 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9054 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9055 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9058 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9059 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9061 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9063 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9064 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9066 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9067 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9069 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9070 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9071 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9074 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9076 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9077 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9078 so that incoming events are handled. */
9082 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9083 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9084 will set it when they are handled. */
9085 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9087 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9088 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9090 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9093 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9095 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9096 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9097 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9098 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9100 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9101 because the window manager may choose the position
9102 and we don't want to override it. */
9104 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9105 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9106 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9107 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9108 && previously_visible
)
9112 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9116 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9117 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9118 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9119 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9120 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9121 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9122 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9123 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9124 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9126 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9127 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9128 original_left
, original_top
);
9133 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9135 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9136 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9137 MapNotify at all.. */
9138 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9139 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9141 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9144 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9145 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9146 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9147 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9148 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9150 if (input_polling_used ())
9152 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9153 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9154 handler reset it. */
9155 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9156 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9157 poll_for_input_1 ();
9158 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9161 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9162 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9167 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9171 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9172 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9173 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9174 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9176 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9181 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9183 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9186 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9190 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9191 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9193 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9194 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9195 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9199 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9200 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9201 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9202 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9203 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9204 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9207 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9208 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9211 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9212 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9217 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9218 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9221 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9225 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9226 just by the event that we get from the server.
9227 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9228 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9229 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9231 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9232 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9233 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9240 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9243 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9245 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9250 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9251 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9252 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9254 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9259 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9261 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9263 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9265 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9266 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9268 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9269 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9271 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9274 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9275 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9281 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9283 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9285 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9286 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9287 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9288 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9289 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9290 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9291 so we have to record it here. */
9294 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9295 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9300 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9301 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9302 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9306 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9308 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9309 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9313 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9315 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9317 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9318 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9319 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9320 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9321 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9322 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9324 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9325 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9327 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9328 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9332 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9333 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9334 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9335 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9336 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9338 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9339 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9341 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9345 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9349 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9351 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9353 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9355 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9356 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9359 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9360 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9362 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9364 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9368 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9371 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9373 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9374 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9375 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9377 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9382 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9383 commands to the X server. */
9384 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9386 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9387 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9389 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9390 free_frame_faces (f
);
9392 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9393 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9395 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9396 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9397 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9398 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9399 toolkit scroll bars. */
9400 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9402 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9403 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9412 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9413 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9415 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9416 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9418 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9419 we are using a toolkit. */
9420 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9421 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9423 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9424 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9427 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9428 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9430 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9431 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9432 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9434 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9435 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9436 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9437 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9438 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9439 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9441 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9442 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9443 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9444 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9445 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9446 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9447 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9448 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9449 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9450 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9451 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9453 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9455 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9458 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9461 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9462 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9463 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9465 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9466 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9467 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9468 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9469 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9470 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9472 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9474 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9475 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9476 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9477 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9478 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9479 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9486 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9489 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9491 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9493 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9494 commands to the X server. */
9495 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9496 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9498 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9502 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9504 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9505 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9506 that the window now has.
9507 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9508 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9509 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9513 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9515 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9516 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9518 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9519 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9521 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9526 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9527 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9529 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9530 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9532 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9533 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9535 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9536 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9537 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9538 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9539 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9540 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9542 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9544 int base_width
, base_height
;
9545 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9547 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9548 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9550 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9552 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9553 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9554 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9555 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9556 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9558 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9559 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9560 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9562 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9563 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9564 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9565 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9566 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9569 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9572 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9577 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9578 long supplied_return
;
9581 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9585 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9590 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9591 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9592 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9593 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9594 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9596 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9604 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9605 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9609 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9610 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9612 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9614 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9616 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9618 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9621 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9623 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9626 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9627 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9628 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9629 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9631 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9632 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9634 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9635 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9639 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9641 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9643 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9644 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9649 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9650 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9651 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9652 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9656 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9664 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9668 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9672 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9673 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9674 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9675 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9678 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9680 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9681 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9683 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9687 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9689 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9691 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9692 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9693 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9695 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9699 /***********************************************************************
9701 ***********************************************************************/
9705 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9709 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9711 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9712 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9713 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9716 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9719 /***********************************************************************
9721 ***********************************************************************/
9723 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9724 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9725 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9726 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9728 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9729 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9730 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9732 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9733 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9734 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9735 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9736 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9737 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9738 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9741 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9743 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9745 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9747 static int x_initialized
;
9749 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9750 the screen number from the server number. */
9752 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9755 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9756 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9757 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9759 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9760 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9761 length_until_period
++;
9763 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9764 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9766 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9768 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9769 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9770 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9771 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9772 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9773 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9774 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9775 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9776 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9777 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9778 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9779 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9780 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9781 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9783 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9787 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9791 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9792 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9795 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9796 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9799 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9820 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9821 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9824 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9829 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9831 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9839 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9840 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9842 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9843 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9847 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9848 the structure that describes the open display.
9849 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9851 struct x_display_info
*
9852 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9856 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9857 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9859 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9870 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9871 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9877 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9878 char **argv2
= argv
;
9881 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9883 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9887 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9888 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9890 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9894 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9896 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9898 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9899 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9902 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9903 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9905 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9907 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9908 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9909 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9911 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9912 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9913 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9914 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9916 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9917 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9918 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9920 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9922 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9925 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9929 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9931 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9932 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9934 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9935 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9937 s
= build_string (file
);
9938 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9940 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9941 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9945 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9946 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9949 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9950 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9951 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9953 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9954 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9955 So let's not use it until R6. */
9957 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9968 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9969 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9971 turn_on_atimers (0);
9972 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9973 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9974 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9976 turn_on_atimers (1);
9979 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9984 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9985 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9986 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9987 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9988 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9990 /* Detect failure. */
9997 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9999 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10000 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10002 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10005 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10008 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10009 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10010 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10011 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10014 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10017 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10018 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10019 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10021 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10022 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10023 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10024 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10025 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10027 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10029 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10031 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10032 list of terminals. */
10033 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10034 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10035 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10036 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10038 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10039 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10041 kset_system_key_alist
10043 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10044 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10046 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10047 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10051 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10052 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10053 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10054 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10055 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10057 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10060 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10061 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10062 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10064 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10065 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10066 x_display_name_list
);
10067 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10069 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10071 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10072 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10073 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10074 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10077 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10080 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10081 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10082 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10083 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10084 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10085 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10086 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10088 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10089 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10091 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10093 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10094 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10095 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10097 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10098 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10100 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10101 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10102 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10103 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10105 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10107 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10109 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10111 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10112 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10113 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10114 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10115 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10116 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10117 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10118 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10120 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10121 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10122 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10123 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10124 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10125 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10126 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10127 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10131 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10132 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10133 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10134 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10135 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10136 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10137 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10139 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10140 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10141 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10143 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10145 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10146 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10147 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10148 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10149 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10150 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10153 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10154 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10156 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10159 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10160 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10161 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10163 if (STRINGP (value
)
10164 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10165 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10166 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10170 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10171 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10175 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10176 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10177 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10178 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10179 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10181 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10183 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10184 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10188 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10190 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10191 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10192 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10193 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10194 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10195 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10196 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10197 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10198 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10207 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10208 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10209 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10210 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10211 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10212 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10213 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10214 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10215 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10216 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10217 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10218 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10219 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10220 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10221 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10222 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10223 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10224 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10225 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10226 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10227 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10228 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10229 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10230 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10231 /* For properties of font. */
10232 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10233 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10234 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10235 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10236 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10237 /* Ghostscript support. */
10238 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10239 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10240 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10241 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10243 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10244 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10245 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10246 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10247 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10248 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10249 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10250 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10251 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10252 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10253 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10254 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10255 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10256 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10257 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10258 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10259 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10260 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10261 /* Session management */
10262 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10263 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10264 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10268 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10269 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10270 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10271 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10272 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10273 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10274 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10275 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10277 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10278 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10280 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10281 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10282 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10283 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10285 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10286 False
, atoms_return
);
10288 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10289 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10291 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10292 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10294 xfree (atom_names
);
10295 xfree (atoms_return
);
10298 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10299 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10300 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10301 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10303 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10304 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10305 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10307 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10308 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10310 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10311 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10315 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10318 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10320 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10321 if (connection
!= 0)
10322 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10325 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10326 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10328 if (interrupt_input
)
10329 init_sigio (connection
);
10333 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10336 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10337 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10338 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10339 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10340 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10341 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10342 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10343 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10344 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10346 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10347 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10348 x_uncatch_errors ();
10352 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10353 for debugging X code. */
10356 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10357 build_string ("synchronous"),
10358 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10360 if (STRINGP (value
)
10361 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10362 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10363 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10368 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10369 build_string ("useXIM"),
10370 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10373 if (STRINGP (value
)
10374 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10375 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10378 if (STRINGP (value
)
10379 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10380 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10386 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10387 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10389 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10390 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10398 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10399 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10402 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10404 struct terminal
*t
;
10406 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10408 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10409 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10412 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10413 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10414 x_session_close ();
10416 delete_terminal (t
);
10420 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10422 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10423 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10424 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10425 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10426 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10431 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10432 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10434 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10436 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10439 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10443 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10444 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10446 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10447 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10450 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10452 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10453 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10454 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10457 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10458 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10459 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10463 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10465 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10466 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10467 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10468 that slows us down. */
10471 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10474 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10475 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10477 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10478 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10479 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10480 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10485 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10486 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10487 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10488 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10489 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10490 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10491 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10494 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10497 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10499 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10500 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10501 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10506 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10509 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10511 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10513 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10517 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10519 x_after_update_window_line
,
10520 x_update_window_begin
,
10521 x_update_window_end
,
10527 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10529 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10530 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10531 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10532 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10533 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10534 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10535 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10536 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10537 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10538 x_clear_frame_area
,
10539 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10540 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10541 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10545 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10547 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10549 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10551 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10552 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10553 if (!terminal
->name
)
10558 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10561 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10564 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10565 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10566 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10568 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10569 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10571 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10572 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10573 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10574 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10576 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10577 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10578 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10579 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10580 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10581 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10582 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10583 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10584 leaks in other situations. */
10586 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10587 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10589 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10591 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10592 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10593 closing all the displays. */
10594 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10598 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10600 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10601 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10603 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10605 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10608 /* Mark as dead. */
10609 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10610 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10614 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10615 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10617 static struct terminal
*
10618 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10620 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10622 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10624 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10625 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10626 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10628 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10630 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10631 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10632 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10633 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10634 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10635 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10636 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10637 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10638 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10639 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10640 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10641 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10642 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10643 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10644 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10645 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10646 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10647 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10648 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10649 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10651 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10652 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10654 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10655 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10656 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10657 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10658 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10659 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10666 x_initialize (void)
10671 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10672 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10673 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10676 current_count
= -1;
10679 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10680 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10682 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10683 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10685 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10687 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10688 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10689 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10690 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10691 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10692 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10693 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10695 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10698 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10700 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10701 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10705 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10706 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10707 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10709 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10710 original error handler. */
10711 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10712 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10717 syms_of_xterm (void)
10719 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10721 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10722 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10724 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10725 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10727 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10728 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10730 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10731 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10734 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10735 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10737 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10740 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10741 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10742 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10743 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10744 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10745 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10746 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10748 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10750 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10751 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10752 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10753 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10754 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10755 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10756 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10758 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10759 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10760 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10761 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10762 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10763 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10764 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10765 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10766 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10768 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10769 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10770 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10771 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10772 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10773 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10774 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10776 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10777 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10778 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10780 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10782 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10785 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10788 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10789 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10791 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10792 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10793 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10794 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10795 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10796 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10797 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10798 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10799 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10801 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10802 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10803 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10804 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10805 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10806 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10808 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10809 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10810 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10811 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10812 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10813 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10815 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10816 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10817 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10818 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10819 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10820 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10822 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10823 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10824 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10825 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10826 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10827 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10829 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10830 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10831 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10832 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10833 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10837 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */